- uit.no
- For Employees
- Recruitment of Employees
- 4. Interview
- Norwegian / English
4. Interview
Below are checklists for interviews and other selection methods, adapted to the position category and role.
Faculties, departments and other units may be organised different internally, and tasks may be delegated to roles and functions other than those mentioned here. By "units," we refer to faculties, departments, and other components of the organizational structure at UiT.
Teaching and Researching Positions
What is your role in the process?
The Head of Department is the recommending authority and is responsible for appointing the Interview Committee and ensuring that the Interview Committee carries out the interview process. Relevant activities can be found in the checklist below. The tasks are often divided between the Head of Department and the Head of Office.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
|
If a person with an external preferential right/redundancy certificate has applied, assess whether the candidate meets the conditions and therefore should be appointed. If you are going to employ the candidate, notify the Recruitment Services to stop the ongoing appointment process. |
Assessment of preferential rights |
|
Appoint an interview committee. Both genders should be represented if possible. The direct Manager should normally participate in the committee. |
|
|
Send information about the committee to the Recruitment Services. The Recruitment Services provides members access to the position at Jobbnorge. |
|
|
Provide the committee with an introduction covering the mandate, relevant regulations, proper use of templates, and other essential guidelines. Additionally, review the ‘Interview Committee Checklist’ with the members to ensure everyone is aligned. |
|
|
Clarify the allocation of roles in the interview process with the Interview Committee – who does what. |
|
|
Set the timeframe for the interview process. |
. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Head of Department/Head of Office
In the checklist below, you will find activities that we recommend should be carried out in order to achieve a good interview process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
| Members of the interview committee are required to evaluate their own impartiality to ensure a fair and unbiased selection process. | Checklist - conflict of interest |
| The committee conducts preparatory meeting. | |
| Familiarise oneself with the rules and guidelines for conducting an interview. | The Interview Committee's mandate |
| Select candidates for interview, possibly in consultation with the recommending authority. If there are qualified applicants with an immigrant background, gaps in CVs or disabilities, at least one from each group must be invited for an interview. | Selection for interview - academic positions |
| Send out invitations for interviews and, if applicable, a trial lecture. | |
| Prepare an interview guide based on the announcement text. Use the guide prepared by the Recruitment Services as a starting point. | Interview guide Teaching and Researching Positions |
| Clarify roles within the Interview Committee regarding interviews/trial lectures, etc. | |
| Manage interviews, any trial lectures or other samples of work. | |
| If applicable, conduct trial lectures/other samples of work and/or other selection methods. | |
| Conduct interviews. Remember to address things that may be relevant to the working relationship (expectations, practical matters, attendance requirements, etc.). See the interview guide above for a more comprehensive overview. | |
| Assess the need for a second interview. | |
| Rank the applicants. It is important that everyone gives their opinion, so make sure there is enough time for discussion after the interviews and other selection methods have been completed. | |
| Obtain a minimum of two references per ranked applicant. Remember to clarify the references with the candidates during the interview. | |
| Write an interview report. The interview report is for internal use. The report should preferably be written in Norwegian but may also be written in English. | About the interview report - Teaching and Recearching Positions |
| Submit the interview report to Head of Department/Head of Office. The Head of Department /Head of Office ensures that the Head of Department submits a recommendation and that the case is sent to the Recruitment Services for further processing. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Interview Committee
Researcher
What is your role in the process?
The Head of Department is the recommending authority and is responsible for appointing the Interview Committee and ensuring that the Interview Committee carries out the interview process. Relevant activities can be found in the checklist below. The tasks are often divided between the Head of Department and the Head of Office.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
|
If a person with an external preferential right/redundancy certificate has applied, assess whether the candidate meets the conditions and therefore should be appointed. If you are going to employ the candidate, notify the Recruitment Services to stop the ongoing appointment process. |
Assessment of preferential rights |
| Appoint an interview committee. Both genders should be represented if possible. The direct Manager should normally participate in the committee. | |
|
Send information about the committee to the Recruitment Services. The Recruitment Services provides members access to the position at Jobbnorge. |
|
|
Provide the committee with an introduction covering the mandate, relevant regulations, proper use of templates, and other essential guidelines. Additionally, review the ‘Interview Committee Checklist’ with the members to ensure everyone is aligned. |
|
|
Clarify the allocation of roles in the interview process with the Interview Committee – who does what. |
|
|
Set the timeframe for the interview process. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Head of Department/Head of Office
In the checklist below, you will find activities that we recommend should be carried out in order to achieve a good interview process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
| Members of the interview committee are required to evaluate their own impartiality to ensure a fair and unbiased selection process. | Checklist - conflict of interest |
| The committee conducts preparatory meeting. | |
| Familiarise oneself with the rules and guidelines for conducting an interview. | The Interview Committee's mandate |
| Select candidates for interview, possibly in consultation with the recommending authority. If there are qualified applicants with an immigrant background, gaps in CVs or disabilities, at least one from each group must be invited for an interview. | Selection for interview - academic positions |
| Send out invitations for interviews and, if applicable, a trial lecture. | |
| Prepare an interview guide based on the announcement text. Use the guide prepared by the Recruitment Services as a starting point. | Interview guide Researcher and Postdoctoral Research Fellow |
| Clarify roles within the Interview Committee regarding interviews/trial lectures, etc. | |
| Manage interviews, any trial lectures or other samples of work. | |
| If applicable, conduct trial lectures/other samples of work and/or other selection methods. | |
| Conduct interviews. Remember to address things that may be relevant to the working relationship (expectations, practical matters, attendance requirements, etc.). See the interview guide above for a more comprehensive overview. | |
| Assess the need for a second interview. | |
| Rank the applicants. It is important that everyone gives their opinion, so make sure there is enough time for discussion after the interviews and other selection methods have been completed. | |
| Obtain a minimum of two references per ranked applicant. Remember to clarify the references with the candidates during the interview. | |
| Write an interview report. The interview report is for internal use. The report should preferably be written in Norwegian, but may also be written in English. | About the interview report - Teaching and Recearching / Researcher Positions |
| Submit the interview report to Head of Department/Head of Office. The Head of Department/Head of Office ensures that the Head of Department submits a recommendation and that the case is sent to the Recruitment Services for further processing. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Interview Committee
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
What is your role in the process?
The Head of Department is the recommending authority and is responsible for appointing the Interview Committee and ensuring that the Interview Committee carries out the interview process. Relevant activities can be found in the checklist below. The tasks are often divided between the Head of Department and the Head of Office.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
|
Appoint an interview committee. Both genders should be represented if possible. The direct Manager should normally participate in the committee. |
|
|
Send information about the committee to the Recruitment Services. The Recruitment Services provides members access to the position at Jobbnorge. |
|
|
Provide the committee with an introduction covering the mandate, relevant regulations, proper use of templates, and other essential guidelines. Additionally, review the ‘Interview Committee Checklist’ with the members to ensure everyone is aligned. |
|
|
Clarify the allocation of roles in the interview process with the Interview Committee – who does what. |
|
|
Set the timeframe for the interview process. |
. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Head of Department/Head of Office
In the checklist below, you will find activities that we recommend should be carried out in order to achieve a good interview process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
| Members of the interview committee are required to evaluate their own impartiality to ensure a fair and unbiased selection process. | Checklist - conflict of interest |
| The committee conducts preparatory meeting. | |
| Familiarise oneself with the rules and guidelines for conducting an interview. | The Interview Committee's mandate |
| Select candidates for interview, possibly in consultation with the recommending authority. If there are qualified applicants with an immigrant background, gaps in CVs or disabilities, at least one from each group must be invited for an interview. | Selection for interview - academic positions |
| Send out invitations for interviews and, if applicable, a trial lecture. | |
| Prepare an interview guide based on the announcement text. Use the guide prepared by the Recruitment Services as a starting point. | Interview guide Researcher and Postdoctoral Research Fellow |
| Clarify roles within the interview committee regarding interviews/trial lectures, etc. | |
| Manage interviews, any trial lectures or other samples of work. | |
| If applicable, conduct trial lectures/other samples of work and/or other selection methods. | |
| Conduct interviews. Remember to address things that may be relevant to the working relationship (expectations, practical matters, attendance requirements, etc.). See the interview guide above for a more comprehensive overview. | |
| Assess the need for a second interview. | |
| Rank the applicants. It is important that everyone gives their opinion, so make sure there is enough time for discussion after the interviews and other selection methods have been completed. | |
| Obtain a minimum of two references per ranked applicant. Remember to clarify the references with the candidates during the interview. | |
| Write an interview report. The interview report is for internal use. The report should preferably be written in Norwegian, but may also be written in English. | About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Research Fellow |
| Submit the interview report to Head of Department/Head of Office. The Head of Department /Head of Office ensures that the Head of Department submits a recommendation and that the case is sent to the Recruitment Services for further processing. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Interview Committee
PhD Fellow
What is your role in the process?
The Head of Department is the recommending authority and is responsible for appointing the Interview Committee and ensuring that the Interview Committee carries out the interview process. Relevant activities can be found in the checklist below. The tasks are often divided between the Head of Department and the Head of Office.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
|
Appoint an interview committee. Both genders should be represented if possible. The direct Manager should normally participate in the committee. |
|
|
Send information about the committee to the Recruitment Services. The Recruitment Services provides members access to the position at Jobbnorge. |
|
|
Provide the committee with an introduction covering the mandate, relevant regulations, proper use of templates, and other essential guidelines. Additionally, review the ‘Interview Committee Checklist’ with the members to ensure everyone is aligned. |
|
|
Clarify the allocation of roles in the interview process with the Interview Committee – who does what. |
|
|
Set the timeframe for the interview process. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Head of Department/Head of Office
In the checklist below, you will find activities that we recommend should be carried out in order to achieve a good interview process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
| Members of the interview committee are required to evaluate their own impartiality to ensure a fair and unbiased selection process. | Checklist - conflict of interest |
| The committee conducts preparatory meeting. | |
| Familiarise oneself with the rules and guidelines for conducting an interview. | The Interview Committee's mandate |
| Select candidates for interview, possibly in consultation with the recommending authority. If there are qualified applicants with an immigrant background, gaps in CVs or disabilities, at least one from each group must be called for an interview. | Selection for interview - academic positions |
| Send out invitations for interviews and, if applicable, a trial lecture. | |
| Prepare an interview guide based on the announcement text. Use the guide prepared by the Recruitment Services as a starting point. | Interview guide PhD Fellow |
| Ensure that the candidates to be interviewed have been assessed eligible for admission. If the candidates have not yet been assessed, please take this into consideration before conducting interviews. | |
| Clarify roles within the interview committee regarding interviews. | |
| Manage interviews, any trial lectures or other samples of work. | |
| Conduct interviews. Remember to address things that may be relevant to the working relationship (expectations, practical matters, attendance requirements, etc.). See the interview guide above for a more comprehensive overview. | |
| Assess the need for a second interview. | |
| Rank the applicants. It is important that everyone gives their opinion, so make sure there is enough time for discussion after the interviews and other selection methods have been completed. | |
| Obtain a minimum of two references per ranked applicant. Remember to clarify the references with the candidates during the interview. | |
| Write an interview report. The interview report is for internal use. The report should preferably be written in Norwegian, but may also be written in English. | About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Research Fellow |
| Submit the interview report to Head of Department/Head of Office. The Head of Department /Head of Office ensures that the Head of Department submits a recommendation and that the case is sent to the Recruitment Services for further processing. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Interview Committee
Technical/Administrative Positions
What is your role in the process?
The recommending authority is responsible for appointing the assessment and interview committees, and ensuring that the committee carries out the interview process. Below is a checklist for individuals who have a role in the process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
|
If a person with an external preferential right/redundancy certificate has applied, assess whether the candidate meets the conditions and therefore should be appointed. If you are going to employ the candidate, notify the Recruitment Services to stop the ongoing appointment process. |
Assessment of preferential rights |
|
Appoint Assessment and Interview Committee. Should consist of:
|
|
|
Send information about the committee to the Recruitment Services. The Recruitment Services provides members access to the position at Jobbnorge. |
|
|
Provide the committee with an introduction covering the mandate, relevant regulations, proper use of templates, and other essential guidelines. Additionally, review the ‘Interview Committee Checklist’ with the members to ensure everyone is aligned. |
|
|
Clarify the allocation of roles in the interview process with the Interview Committee – who does what. |
|
|
Set the timeframe for the interview process. |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Head of Department
In the checklist below, you will find activities that we recommend should be carried out in order to achieve a good interview process.
| Activity | Link to supplementary information |
| Members of the interview committee are required to evaluate their own impartiality to ensure a fair and unbiased selection process. | Checklist - conflict of interest |
| The committee conducts preparatory meeting | |
| Carry out the assessment of the applicants. | |
| Select candidates for interview, possibly in consultation with the recommending authority. If there are qualified applicants with an immigrant background, gaps in CVs or disabilities, at least one from each group must be called for an interview. | Selection for interview - Technical/Adminstrative Positions |
| Send out invitations for interviews. | |
| Prepare an interview guide based on the announcement text. Use the guide prepared by the Recruitment Services as a starting point. | Guide assessment Technical/Administrative Positions |
| Manage interviews, and any samples of work. | |
| Clarify roles within the interview committee regarding interviews. | |
| Conduct interviews. Remember to address things that may be relevant to the working relationship (expectations, practical matters, attendance requirements, etc.) | |
| Carry out any other relevant selection methods. | |
| Assess the need for a second interview. | |
| Rank the applicants. It is important that everyone gives their opinion, so make sure there is enough time for discussion after the interviews and other selection methods have been completed. | |
| Obtain a minimum of two references per ranked applicant. Remember to clarify the references with the candidates during the interview. | |
| Write an interview report. The interview report is for internal use. The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Submit the interview report to recommending authority, who then ensures that the case is sent to the Recruitment Services for further processing. | Vurderings- og intervjurapport med innstilling |
Last changed: 27.08.2026
Printvennlig innhold: Assessment and Interview Committee
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Temporary employment
Temporary employment
As a general rule, civil servants must be employed on a permanent basis (Section 9 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
However, it is still possible to enter into a temporary employment contract
- in relation to work of a temporary nature
- in relation to substitute positions
- for up to six months when an unforeseen need has occurred
- when employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions)
- in relation to fixed-term employment
- in relation to supervised professional training work
Work of a temporary nature (Section 9 (a) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ people temporarily pursuant to this provision when one of the conditions below is met
- the employee shall perform work that, by its nature or volume, differs from the ordinary work that takes place in the enterprise
- there is a need for employees with special qualifications, and no qualified candidates have applied in relation to the announcement of the position
- for assignments that have a natural ending and where the definition of the work is relatively clear. The time frame or the content of the assignment must be clearly determined. This applies, for instance, in situations where funding has been allocated solely for the completion of tasks within a limited timeframe.
Note that a temporary employee employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work assignments continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Substitute (Section 9 (b) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
It is possible to employ a substitute
- for another specific employee
- when several employees are absent, without the substitute carrying out work for just one of the absent employees. The work tasks must be the same as those the absent employees normally perform.
Note that a temporary employee who is employed to perform work of a temporary nature is entitled to continue if the temporary work tasks continue.
- If you want to replace an employee, then you must follow the rules pertaining to termination of contract or dismissal.
- Therefore, you cannot replace a temporary employee in order to prevent them from achieving employment protection as a permanent employee.
It is also not possible to replace one temporary employee with another because the other may be somewhat better qualified for the job.
Temporary employment up to six months in the event of an unforeseen need (Section 9 (e) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act)
This provision must only be used if there is a clear need to employ someone for a short period of time, possibly during a transitional period.
When employed in up to a 20% Teaching and Researching position (additional positions) (Section 6-6 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
Fixed-term employment in an additional position is permitted. Fixed-term periods can be from two to six years.
Fixed-term employment (Section 6-4 of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges)
The right to employ someone for a fixed-term position applies to the following positions:
| Position(s) | Fixed-term period (number of years) | Comments |
| Rector and Pro-Rector | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is eight years. |
| Head of Department/Unit | 4 |
The Ministry may stipulate another fixed-term period based on special grounds. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Postdoctoral Research Fellow | 3-4 | See Section 1-2 (4) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant |
| PhD Fellow | 4 |
Normal fixed-term period is four years with 25% required duties. The employment period shall include three years of nominal doctoral education. The appointing authority determines the total period in each individual case, taking into account the scope of required duties required time frame plan to implement the project the project’s basis of fundingShorter periods of employment may be agreed upon if the doctoral research fellow has already completed parts of the organised research training programme, or if the employment is based on previous appointments to educational positions (doctoral research fellow, research assistant etc), so that the total period of organised research training amounts to three years. |
| Research Assistant | Up to 2 | Total period of employment may not exceed two years (see Section 1-4 (2) of the Regulations concerning terms and conditions of employment for the positions of post-doctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant). |
| Certain Teaching and Researching Positions | 4-6 |
Teaching and Researching Positions when creative or performing artistic competence is included as an essential element of the competence requirement. The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
| Tenure-track positions | 6 | See Guidelines for use of tenure-track positions at UiT and Regulations on appointments to tenure-track positions |
| Student Ombudsman | 4-6 |
The maximum continuous period is twelve years. |
Supervised professional training work (Section 9 (c) of the Norwegian Civil Service Act).
‘Supervised professional training work’ refers to work related to training or qualification within a subject area, including trainee work, interns and students at public service schools. This provision is not used very often at UiT.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the purpose of the position
Define the purpose of the position
The appointment process starts by defining the purpose of the position:
- What is the purpose of the position?
- What problem are we trying to solve, why are we doing it, and who are we doing it for?
- What needs will the position meet?
- What results do we want to achieve?
For teaching and research positions, there may be specific educational courses/topics where teaching and supervision are to be covered.
Methods for gaining insight into the needs relating to the position
There are several ways of gaining insight into the need. When choosing a method, consider who you want to involve in the process. The different methods allow for different levels of involvement.
Assess whether there are changes to the work tasks, framework conditions and society, which urges you to rethink matters.
Examples of different methods
- Existing source material – look at the position instructions and previous announcements.
- Diary - the person currently working in the position logs their tasks and duties.
- Interview - Talk to the person leaving the position, managers and colleagues about the position and any new needs.
- Focus groups – Gather a group and talk about the position and any new needs. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
- Situational mapping - particularly important/critical tasks and characteristics of the position. (e.g. teaching competence, managing users and technical equipment, special characteristics required to succeed in the position, etc. This method is suitable for new work tasks.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Define the position's areas of responsibility and research
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 25.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Define work duties
Define work duties
Make a detailed description of the position’s work tasks and areas of responsibility based on the purpose of the position that has been determined in the previous section of the checklist.
- What needs to be done and how to do it?
- Which subject area will the position cover?
- What methods, tools, computer programs should be used by the employee?
The description will form the basis for the qualification requirements and position code that is stipulated for the position, and ensures that the employer and employee have a common understanding of what is expected of the position.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Academic positions
Qualification requirements - Academic positions
The various job titles have some clearly defined qualification requirements in applicable regulations
You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment committee assesses whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the basis used when the assessment committee assesses and ranks formally qualified applicants. On paper, which of the formally qualified applicants are best qualified for the position? You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
The Interview Committee will assess these qualifications during interviews and reference checks.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- Define the relevant subject area/field for the masters/doctoral degree. Be specific, but also think about the recruitment base.
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 03.12.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Qualification requirements - Technical/administrative positions
Local Salary Policy for UiT explains the qualification requirements that apply to various position categories at UiT. You must use these for the position, and also consider what other qualification requirements apply.
We divide the qualification requirements into
- required qualifications
- desired qualifications
- personal qualities and motivation.
Required qualifications, or ‘must-have requirements’
These qualifications are used as a basis when the assessment or interview committee assess whether an applicant is qualified for the position or not. All requirements must be met for an applicant to be qualified for the position.
Desired qualifications, or ‘should-have requirements’
Desired qualifications are not grounds for qualifying or disqualifying applicants, but are part of the first basis used when the assessment or interview committee assess and rank formally qualified applicants. You invite a selection of the formally best qualified applicants to an interview.
Personal qualities and motivation, or ‘personal suitability’
These qualifications will be assessed by the assessment and interview committees during interviews and reference interviews.
Checklist to help you during the process:
- It is easy to use the same qualification requirements that were used when the position was last announced, but are you sure the same competence is needed now?
- What type of education is required for the position, and at what level or subject area? Can practical experience and documentable results compensate for lower-level education?
- Assess what type of knowledge and experience is necessary to perform the relevant work tasks. What are the absolute minimum requirements and what are the optimal requirements? Is professional experience required or can newly educated candidates be considered?
- Experience in x and y is often stipulated as a must-have requirement, but is it necessary? Do you have the resources to provide good training in the position, so that the person employed gains the necessary knowledge (experience) in a short period of time?
- Define sufficient qualification requirements so that you have a good basis on which to assess the applicants.
- On the other hand: Don’t set too many requirements. Consider existing and well-functioning employees in a similar position. Do they meet all the requirements you intend to include in the announcement text?
- What personal qualities are required to perform the job and why? For example, is the ability to collaborate a quality that is important for the job? If so, describe what collaboration means in the relevant position. Is it important in this position to be able to listen, consult with others and communicate clearly? You have then defined the term ‘ability to collaborate’ so that it makes sense. Describe personal qualities in a way that people can identify these traits in themselves.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of position code
Assessment of position code
Based on the purpose of the position, description of the work tasks, areas of responsibility and qualification requirements, Chapter 3 of the Local Salary Policy for UiT will help you to assess which position title/code is best suited to your needs.
The main part of the work tasks determine which position title/code is to be used.
If you are unsure which position code to use, contact the Recruitment Services for advice and clarification.
Last changed: 09.10.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate marked
Analysis of the candidate market is conducted at the same time as the needs analysis.
The analysis will have an impact on the description of work tasks and qualification requirements, for example whether the announcement text should provide the possibility of appointing candidates based on qualification conditions. The analysis must be conducted in a way that includes as many relevant applicants as possible and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Analysis of the candidate market involves finding out what characterises potential applicants. Important questions that you should investigate are:
- who are they?
- where are they?
- what will make them apply?
- what will make them take the job?
- what will make them want to move to the workplace?
Are there competitive factors that require active candidate searches? The academic communities can conduct active searches in their networks. Active searches must also be conducted in a way that is transparent and safeguards the principle of equal treatment.
Last changed: 12.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity and inclusion facilitation
Diversity means recognising and valuing differences between people, which may be related to gender, age, ethnicity, religion, functional ability, sexual orientation, education, experience, and personality. Inclusion means creating a working environment in which everyone feels welcome, respected, supported and valued, regardless of their background or identity.
When working with the needs analysis, be aware that it is during this phase of the recruitment process you can facilitate or impede diversity and inclusion.
Examples of questions you can ask yourself at this stage:*
- Has the position level been defined too broadly? In positions that announce senior adviser/advisor/higher executive officer, have work assignments or competence requirements been thoroughly defined and put into context?
- Are you willing to adjust the position percentage? Does the position have to be a full-time position? This can be a decisive factor for some candidates.
It is also important that the wording of the announcement text helps promote diversity and inclusion. This wording should already be addressed in the needs analysis, as it forms the basis for the announcement text.
Language must be clear, relevant and accommodating to all potential applicants, regardless of their background, identity or personal qualities. Some tips for writing an inclusive position announcement are:
- Use gender neutral words such as person, employee, candidate, etc.
- Consider whether you can use formulations such as ‘good oral and written presentation skills in Norwegian’, ‘multicultural skills’, ‘experience working in an international environment’ instead of ‘Norwegian as native language’, ‘ethnic Norwegian’, ‘perfect Norwegian’.
*Source: Statens arbeidsgiverportal
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About language requirements
About language requirements
Language requirements must comply with applicable rules and regulations, the job's responsibilities, and UiT's language policy guidelines.
The principle of parallel language use shall be consistently applied at UiT, where Norwegian and Northern Sami function as national and local academic and administrative languages, while English serves as the international academic language. In all spoken communication, Norwegian, Danish, and Swedish shall be considered equal. UiT has a national responsibility for both Northern Sami and Kven, and the institution must ensure that these languages are both heard and visible within its community.
Language requirements in the job announcement
Must-have requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a mandatory requirement in the job announcement, it must be clearly stated whether the employee can acquire this competence during the employment period or if the competence must already be in place at the time of employment.
- All permanent employees who do not know a Scandinavian language at the time of employment must achieve Norwegian proficiency at the B2 level within three years. Each unit must ensure that the employees' overall work responsibilities do not hinder them from achieving this.
- To be employed as a PhD Fellow, it is a prerequisite that the candidate is admitted to the faculty's PhD program. Applicants must therefore document English proficiency that meets the requirements for Norwegian general university admissions before starting the position.
Desirable requirements:
- If language competence is listed as a desirable requirement in the job announcement, this competence can only be used as a criterion for ranking qualified applicants. Applicants cannot be disqualified based on desirable requirements.
Language courses at UiT
UiT shall offer courses in English and Norwegian for all employees. More information about UiT's Norwegian language courses can be found here.
Last changed: 17.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection methods
Selection methods
The choice of selection method depends on the position’s work duties and areas of responsibility. Based on the needs analysis and analysis of the candidate market, different selection methods will be used.
It is important to choose selection methods relevant to the position and that provide the necessary information on skills, experience and personal qualities. Best insight is gained by combining several methods. It is also important to ensure that the selection process is fair and not discriminatory, and that candidates are treated with respect and dignity throughout the whole process.
Relevant selection methods might include:
- Pre-screening
- Assessment (academic positions)
- Work samples and trial lectures
- Personality tests
- Ability and proficiency tests
- Interview
- Reference interview
- Admission to PhD.
Pre-screening can either be conducted as part of the application process in Jobbnorge (pre-defined requirements), or as a manual review before further selection.
Assessment must always be included as a selection method in the appointment process for academic positions.
Work samples and trial lectures are carried out in the form of candidates having to perform a task that is associated with the position. Practical tasks of this type can give an accurate indication when assessing future job performance.
Personality tests may be appropriate to use in some recruitment processes in order to identify personal suitability, for example in managerial positions.
Ability and proficiency tests are suitable for mapping candidates’ general abilities and development opportunities (IQ test). Proficiency tests identify skills in a specific area (language, data). There are a number of tests that can be used and many different providers.
Admission to the PhD programme
Before an appointment takes place, assessments are made as to whether candidates for PhD positions have the necessary qualifications for admission to the PhD programme. The faculties have different solutions for how they do this. Read more about PhDs at UiT.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
Possibility of appointing candidates who have not completed a degree
For PhD- and postdoctoral positions, candidates in the final stages of their degrees may be given the opportunity to apply. This expands the applicant pool for the position. However, it is important to emphasize that it may take a long time from when a candidate submits their master's thesis or doctoral dissertation until the final diploma is issued.
If you allow candidates who are about to complete a master's or doctoral degree to be considered, one of the following two alternatives must be chosen:
Alternative 1: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply for the position, provided that they submit parts of the dissertation/degree along with the application. This enables the evaluation committee to assess the quality and likelihood of completion by the desired employment date. The applicant must include a statement from their supervisor or institution stating the expected completion date for the degree. Documentation of a completed master’s- or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Alternative 2: If the applicant is in the final stages of their master’s- or doctoral degree, then they may still apply if they have submitted their master’s- or doctoral thesis for evaluation within the application deadline. They must submit the thesis with their application. Documentation of a completed master’s or doctoral degree must be submitted before commencement.
Last changed: 20.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas
Moderate gender quotas apply to teaching and research positions, and postdoctoral positions.
If the percentage of the underrepresented gender in the relevant job category in the field of expertise is below 40%, you must announce the position with a ‘moderate gender quota’. By field of expertise we mean departments and units at an equivalent level.
See
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The page is not in use
The page is not in use
The webpage is not in use.
Last changed: 02.11.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
How to write a good announcement text - academic positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- Post-doctoral research fellow
- Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health
- Would you like to contribute to new knowledge about recovery stories? – Post-doctoral research fellow in mental health.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
UiT has announcement templates that help guide the structure of an announcement text. You must contribute text to the points below
- about the position and workplace
- the position’s area of responsibility/research area
- contact information
- qualifications
- we offer
- application
UiT’s templates also contain standard text for use in several areas, such as:
- inclusive working life and diversity
- about UiT/the faculty
- educational expertise requirements
- admission to PhD programmes
- general information about working and pay conditions, employment regulations.
The Recruitment Service ensures that information relevant to the position in question is included in the announcement text.
About the position and the workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph should state which department and faculty the position is affiliated with, which subject area/project the position is within and which research group it is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
The position’s area of responsibility/research area
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example:
Your work duties will include:
- Contribute to the collection and analysis of recovery stories among young adults.
- Develop the Norwegian and Sámi version of The Inventory of Characteristics of Recovery Stories (INCRESE).
- etc.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
academic qualifications that the candidate must have academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have personal qualities the candidate must have personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
How to write a good announcement text - technical/administrative positions
The basis for the announcement text is the result of the needs analysis.
Remember that there is a lot of competition for the best talents. It is therefore important to write the announcement text in a way that attracts the candidates you want.
The heading and introduction are important
A good heading can be crucial in terms of whether an applicant chooses to click on the job announcement or not. Here is an example of three heading variations for exactly the same position:
- advisor
- permanent full-time position as a HR advisor
- would you like to work in an exciting and varied job within the field of HR management? – Permanent full-time position as a HR advisor.
Which heading did you like the most? There is no definitive answer, but the headline must relate to the position. The first example says very little about the position. The second example is more descriptive, and is the minimum requirement for what must be included in a heading for positions at UiT. To spice up the heading a little more, use keywords that describe the field of expertise as can be seen in the last example. Potential applicants often use keywords when searching for vacant positions, so the use of this method can be a good way of reaching the right candidates.
Wording
There are many ways in which an announcement text can be formulated. The most important thing is that the text is:
- clear
- precise
- informative
Avoid unnecessarily complicated language and be honest about the expectations associated with the position. The wording used in the text must be adapted to the candidates you want to recruit, and you should use a positive and inclusive tone so that it attracts a diverse range of candidates. Apart from that, feel free to use personal language and refer to the applicant as ‘you’.
Structure of the announcement text
We have prepared templates at UiT that provide guidance on how to structure announcement texts. Simplified, the structure can be illustrated as follows:
- about the position and workplace
- work duties
- contact information
- required qualifications
- we offer
- application
Your task is to write engaging texts in the various paragraphs.
About the position and workplace
This is the first thing the applicants see. The first paragraph provides information about which section, academic group, department or faculty the position is affiliated with and which subject area/project the position is associated with. After this, feel free to say something about the position that captures the reader’s interest. Take your time formulating the first sentences of the announcement text. This is where you present the most important information; a potential applicant only takes a few seconds to decide whether they want to read on.
In the next paragraph, feel free to inform about the workplace, especially if your place of work is at a campus/place of study other than Tromsø. Highlight something about the place that makes it attractive to move there, or refer to the municipality’s website if they provide good information describing what it is like to live in the municipality.
You can also include a brief description of the department or unit where the position is located, either in this paragraph, or in a separate paragraph.
Work duties
Describe the position’s work duties and responsibilities well so that the applicant receives a genuine picture of what the position and workplace involve. What type of exciting tasks are involved, what does training consist of, what is good about the working environment and what makes us positively different from competing workplaces?
Feel free to use the bullet list if you want to describe examples of work tasks. For example: Your work tasks will include
- HR administrative tasks
- employee recruitment and follow-up
- assist in receiving new employees
If it is likely that the tasks may change over time, it is a good idea to include a line stating that changes in tasks should be expected. It is also beneficial not to list too many tasks at once but rather focus on mentioning the main responsibilities of the position. This way, the applicant can gain a better understanding of what the position entails without being overwhelmed by the amount of information.
Qualifications
The qualification requirements that were established in the needs analysis must be clearly stated. Use a bullet list and distinguish between:
- academic qualifications that the candidate must have
- academic qualifications you would like the candidate to have
- personal qualities the candidate must have
- personal qualities you would like the candidate to have
Remember that the announcement text is legally binding, i.e. none of the ‘must-have requirements’ can be waived when assessing the applicants.
We offer
In this paragraph, you must state what makes you an attractive workplace and why applicants should choose you. Is there the possibility of participating in networks, conferences, obtaining certifications, special training etc.? Our standard text covers the minimum requirements.
Be as specific as possible, but don’t promise too much!
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Qualification conditions - Academic positions
Permanent teaching and research positions can be announced with the possibility of temporary employment for up to three years based on qualification conditions (see Section 6-5 (1) of the Act relating to Universities and University Colleges). The appointment becomes permanent if the applicant is found qualified during the 3-year period.
The following circumstances provide the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions:
- insufficient academic qualifications, and/or
- insufficient educational competence if higher educational competence requirements have been stipulated in relation to those set out in Section 4.5 of the supplementary provisions.
It may be relevant to facilitate temporary employment based on qualification conditions for positions with a low recruitment base.
Note that the possibility of employment based on qualification conditions for academic competence will be discontinued in the new Act relating to Universities and University Colleges that enters into force on 01.08.2024.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Project description - PhD Fellow position
Project description - PhD Fellow position
If applicants must submit a project description or project outline as part of their application, the requirements for the description/outline should be clearly stated in the announcement text.
The Recruitment Service has written a suggested project description text that can be used as a starting point and adapted to the position in question:
"Applicants must submit a project description/project outline that presents the academic basis for the doctoral project. The project description/project outline must not exceed X pages, including literature references. It must include a description of the topic, research question and an explanation of the choices made. The final project description will be developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor. It is important that the applicant has an appropriate background and is motivated to work on the project."
It can be challenging for candidates to develop a complete project description on their own. Experience has shown that it may be more appropriate to request a project outline and that the final project description is developed in collaboration with the academic supervisor.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About announcements
About announcements
As standard, all job advertisements at UiT The Arctic University of Norway are published on Jobbnorge, LinkedIn, NAV.no, and forskning.no. All job advertisements in English are also published via EURAXESS, which is a European researcher mobility portal for scientific positions.
For positions where you want a broader applicant pool, or for fields that are difficult to recruit for, you should consider advertising in additional channels beyond the standard. Advertising can not only lead to more and better applicants – it also increases visibility for your unit and UiT, which is positive for UiT's reputation.
Perhaps the best-qualified candidates are not actively looking for a new job? It can then be advantageous that your job advertisement is displayed where these candidates frequent. UiT has a framework agreement with Jobbnorge for purchasing advertising, and they offer various package solutions. It is also possible to order advertising from a single provider. Below you will see an overview of some options:
| What/Where | Contents | Price |
| Small digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience and published on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn or Snapchat. Reach: 50 - 100,000 views |
NOK 22 995,- |
| Medium digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) or LinkedIn. Reach: 150 - 295,000 views |
NOK 39 995,- |
| Large digital package |
Targeted at the relevant audience with unique job data and published as banner ads in online newspapers and on Facebook (Meta) and LinkedIn. Reach: 225 - 435,000 views |
NOK 63 995,- |
| Finn.no | Finn.no is Norway's largest marketplace and a major portal for job advertisements for active job seekers. A job advertisement is active for up to 42 days from publication, but additional periods can be ordered. | NOK 11 500,- |
| Facebook/Instagram | Targeted campaign aimed at the channel's algorithms and available data, which is relevant for the target audience. | According to the set budget |
| Targeted campaign aimed at specific industries and job titles, based on relevant data and the algorithms available on LinkedIn. | According to the set budget | |
| LinkedIn Premium |
By using LinkedIn's advanced job matching algorithms, your job is matched with qualified candidates and recommended to them in their LinkedIn feed, job start tab, job search, as well as via email and mobile alerts. Duration 30 days. |
NOK 7 995,- |
| Snapchat | Looking for Generation Z for your vacancy? 2.98 million Norwegians have a profile on the channel and the age group 18-29 years is the most active. | According to the set budget |
| Amedia | Carousel in four optional newspapers at Amedia. Amedia has over 100 newspapers across Norway and over 2.1 million readers daily. Be visible on the front page of the local online newspaper and in the national job base. | NOK 4,000 |
Subject to change in price (prices as of 03.02.2026).
The case officer at the Recruitment Services manages the ordering of advertising/announcements. Contact your Recruitment Services contact or rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no for more information, to see other options or to receive an advertising/announcement offer. If you wish to order advertising, you will need to have a purchase order to do so.
Publishing on UiT’s LinkedIn page
The Recruitment Service can publish a limited selection of positions on UiT’s official LinkedIn page. If you wish to publish in this channel, please send a request to the Recruitment Service. Publishing the position on UiT’s LinkedIn profile will not reach as many potential candidates compared to ordering a targeted campaign on LinkedIn. Feel free to take advantage of the network of those already working in the research group/section you are recruiting for – maybe someone has a former colleague, a former student friend or another acquaintance who is interested in the position?
Last changed: 11.02.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Indirect impartiality
Indirect impartiality
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Evaluation Commitees - Composition
PhD Fellow
- At least 2 members.
- Members must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one of the members must have supervision experience at the doctoral level or have completed training as a supervisor for doctoral candidates.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Postdoctoral Research Fellow
- At least 2 members within the field of the position.
- At least one member must have full professorship qualifications.
- he other member must have at least Associate Professor qualifications.
- At least one member of the committee must be employed at an institution responsible for doctoral education.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a University College Lecturer and one must have at least qualifications as a Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
University College Lecturer
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as a Senior Lecturer or Associate Professor and one must have at least qualifications as a University College Lecturer.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Senior Lecturer
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Dosent professor qualifications and the others must have at least Senior Lecturer qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Associate Professor
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications and the others must have at least Associate Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Dosent professor
- At least 3 members with qualifications equivalent to a Norwegian Dosent. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Professor
- At least 3 members with Professor qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- As far as possible, and in fields where it is appropriate, one of the members should be from another country.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. The chairperson of the expert committee must be external. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1109
- At least 3 members, of which at least one must have Professor qualifications or Researcher 1183-level qualifications, and the others must have at least Associate Professor or researcher 1109-level qualifications. At least two of the members must have expertise in the same field as the applicant.
- At least one of the members must be external.
- Both genders must be represented.
One of the members of the expert committee is appointed as the chairperson. In addition to participating in the evaluation, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the expert committee and ensure the progress of the work.
Researcher Code 1108
- At least 2 members, where at least one must have qualifications as an Associate Professor or Researcher 1109-level, and one must have at least qualifications as Researcher 1108.
- Both genders should be represented, if possible.
The expert committee must have a chairperson, who may be internal.
Top-Level Qualifications: Professor, Dosent professor, Researcher 1183, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Associate Professor Qualifications: Associate Professor, Postdoctoral Fellow, and Researcher Code 1109.
Senior-Level Qualifications: Associate Professor, Senior Lecturer, Researcher Code 1109/1110, and adjunct positions at the same level.
Last changed: 09.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Approval of assessment report
Approval of assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellows. For technical/administrative positions, assessment and interviews are conducted at the same stage. Go to the stage 4, interviews.
Who approves the assessment report?
The recommending authority/Head of Department approves the assessment report for appointments to academic positions. The Head of Department checks whether the assessment report is adequate and carried out in a proper manner, and that the basis for the committee’s assessments are the criteria and requirements stated in the announcement text.
- Qualification requirements for the different positions can be found in Section 2.2, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
- Educational competence requirements can be found in Section 2.2.5 of the Supplementary provisions.*
The Head of Department must check:
- Are all candidates discussed/accounted for? This includes a brief review of candidates who are not qualified for the position.
- Has a sufficient number of qualified candidates been ranked? Normally, the assessment committee must rank a minimum of three qualified applicants.
- Has the assessment committee written descriptions/reviews that are too personal? (the committee must not discuss personal suitability or motivation).
- Has the principle of equal treatment been observed?
- For teaching and research positions: Is educational competence assessed?
Proceedings regarding approval of report
1. The case officer at the Recruitment Services reviews the received report from the committee's chairperson.
2. The case officer submits the report to the Head of Department (or the Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty and the Faculty of Law) for approval.
3. If the Head of Department finds discrepancies in the report, then these are first addressed with the assessment committee, with the aim of agreeing on adjustments before approval. If the assessment committee is of the opinion that their original report should be approved as it is, then there are different choices for the process moving forward. The recommending authority’s role in relation to the assessment committee’s assessments is outlined in Section 6.2.1 of the Supplementary Provisions*
The applicants’ right to access the assessment report and the opportunity to provide comments.
The Recruitment Services sends the approved assessment report to the applicants, who are given the right to access the report and the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a set deadline.
Comments from applicants are sent to the assessment committee’s chairperson, who assesses whether the comment affects the ranking and then writes a response to the applicant.
Applicants have a duty of confidentiality and can only use the information to check whether an adequate assessment has been made.
*Link to supplementary provisions:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Remuration for external members
Remuration for external members
External members of the evaluation committee will receive remuneration for the assignment. For members who are employed by UiT The Arctic University of Norway, the work is considered part of regular duties.
The remuneration amount is determined based on:
-
the position category being assessed,
-
the number of applicants, and
-
the committee member’s position code.
The calculation of the remuneration fee is based on the time required for the assignment. The estimated number of hours is weighted according to the number of applicants.
Last changed: 15.08.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The commitee's mandate
The commitee's mandate
The assessment committee must conduct an academic assessment of the applicants’ qualifications based on:
- Submitted written documentation from the applicants.
- The announcement text for the position.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
The committee must assess:
- The applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text.
- The applicants’ educational competence in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (applies to teaching and research positions).
- Other documented academic/professional qualifications specified in the announcement text.
Chairperson of the committee
One of the members of the committee is appointed as chairperson. In addition to participating in the assessment, the chairperson must coordinate the work of the committee and ensure progress of the work.
Special experts
The assessment committee may request the appointment of special experts to comment on parts of the applicants’ production, and on the applicants’ educational competence.
*UiT’s provisions regarding the committee’s mandate:
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Assess academic qualifications and educational competence
Information is written in a pdf document in the document archive.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
Assess academic qualifications - Researcher
The webpage is under construction. Until adapted information for research positions is in place, you can follow ‘Assess academic qualification and eductional competence’ where this is appropriate for teaching and research positions.
Last changed: 02.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
Assess academic qualifications -Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
The information below applies to the assessment of candidates for postdoctoral research fellow and doctoral research fellow positions.
Assessment
- The assessment committee must assess:
- Applicants’ academic and/or artistic qualifications in relation to the requirements specified in the announcement text (individually or in groups).
- Other documented academic qualifications specified in the announcement text.
- Make note of conditions/circumstances that disqualify candidates from being appointed to the position, these applicants shall not be assessed:
- Applicants who have already obtained a doctoral degree or have equivalent qualifications must not be employed in PhD Fellow positions, even if the doctoral degree has been taken outside the fellowship’s field of study.
- Candidates who have applied for Postdoctoral Research Fellow positions who have held a Postdoctoral position at UiT. No one may hold more than one fixed-term position as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the same institution.
- The requirements specified in the announcement text are legally binding. The committee’s assessment of the candidates must be based on these requirements.
- Only what is listed as necessary requirements (must-have requirements) in the announcement text can be used exclusively in assessing whether a candidate is qualified or not. All must-have requirements must be met for the candidate to be qualified for the position.
- The requirements that are stipulated as desirable/advantageous etc. cannot be used to exclude applicants, but are used to assess and rank the qualified candidates.
- The committee must not assess the applicant’s personal suitability or motivation.
- The assessment must focus on the quality, relevance and importance of the research work and not where the work is published. See principles in DORA and CoARA for good practice in quality assessments.
Ranking
- If there are several qualified applicants for the position, three applicants must normally be ranked.
- If the committee finds that two or more applicants are equally qualified, these applicants must receive the same ranking. In this context, ‘equally qualified’ must be broadly interpreted.
Guidelines for assessment at UiT pursuant to Chapter 4 of the Supplementary provisions for appointments to positions of postdoctoral research fellow, doctoral research fellow and research assistant at UiT - The Arctic University of Norway
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the assessment report
About the assessment report
The information below applies to teaching and research positions, Postdoctoral Research Fellows and PhD Fellow positions.
An assessment report is an independent and academic assessment and quality assurance in the appointment process.
- The assessment report must contain a systematic and structured overview of the individual applicant’s qualifications that are relevant based on the requirements in the announcement text.
- The committee’s report must:
- highlight the differences between candidates,
- give grounds for the ranking of candidates, and
- rank at least three candidates.
- The assessment must clearly identify which applicants meet the qualifications for the position.
- All applicants must be mentioned, but the assessment should focus most on the best qualified applicants.
- For teaching and research positions, it must be stated whether applicants meet educational competence requirements.
The committee must not comment on questions of equality, preferential rights, personal suitability or similar.
As a general rule, the assessment committee must make a joint statement, and grounds must be given for any dissent expressed in a joint statement. Grounds must be given for any dissent in the committee and will accompany the assessment in further proceedings.
The assessment should be available within one month, calculated from the date the committee has received the material that forms the basis for the assessment. If the committee is of the opinion that the deadline must be extended, the committee must notify the Recruitment Services before the deadline expires.
The assessment is signed by all members of the committee and sent to the Recruitment Services, e-mail: rekrutteringstjenesten@uit.no
The assessment forms the basis for further proceedings and invitations to interviews in the appointment case.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of comments
Management of comments
The Recruitment Services must send the assessment report to the applicants as soon as it has been completed and approved by the recommending authority/Office of the Dean for the HSL Faculty/the Faculty of Law.
Applicants do not have the right to appeal against the professional assessment but have the opportunity to comment on the assessment committee’s report within a given deadline. The purpose of this arrangement is to give applicants the opportunity to correct any misunderstandings.
Procedure for comments:
- Applicants must send their comments in writing to the Recruitment Services.
- The Recruitment Services forwards the comments to the assessment committee via the committee chairperson.
- The assessment committee must evaluate whether the comment affects the applicant and the final ranking of the applicants.
- The committee's response is conveyed to the applicant.
Comments and responses to comments will accompany the case up to an appointment decision.
Last changed: 21.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
Explanation of the Admission Services' evaluation
The Admission Services registers the evaluation of the applicants in Jobbnorge. To see a more detailed assessment of each applicant, click on the applicant’s name in Jobbnorge.
Applicants are marked either with the status 'covers minimum requirement' or 'not qualified.' 'Covers minimum requirements' means the applicant fulfills the admission requirements and should be evaluated. You do not need to evaluate applicants marked 'not qualified,' but they must be mentioned in the evaluation report.
Important! If an applicant is marked with a label in addition to 'meets minimum requirements,' please take note of the following:
The label “PhD Missing master's documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of completed master's studies before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Missing English documentation” (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon engelsk) - the applicant is qualified if they provide documentation of English proficiency before commencement of the position.
The label “PhD Uncertain – special assessment Lisbon Convention” (Ph.d. Usikker – særskilt vurdering Lisboakonv.) - the applicant holds a master's degree with a duration of less than two years. The committee must assess whether the applicant's education is equivalent to a Norwegian master's degree or if there are significant differences between these educations, uhl §3-5 (3). Please the document Evaluation of applicants with foreign education for PhD position (Lisboa) for a detailed description of what constitutes 'significant differences.'
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Evaluation of candidates in the final stages of their master's degree
Check the conditions set in the announcement text for candidates in the final stages of their master's degree, and assess whether the candidates meet these conditions. These candidates are marked with the label "Ph.D. - Missing master's documentation" (Ph.d. Mangler dokumentasjon master) by the Admissions Services in Jobbnorge.
The position is advertised with one of the following options:
Option 1: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. If the candidate is near completion of their master’s degree, they may still apply and submit a draft version of the thesis and a statement from their supervisor or institution indicating when the degree will be obtained. The candidate must still submit their transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Option 2: Qualification with a master’s degree is required before commencement in the position. The candidate may still apply if they are in the final stages of the master’s degree, but the master’s thesis must be submitted for evaluation within the application deadline. The candidate must submit the thesis and transcript of grades for the master’s degree with their application.
Last changed: 28.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
Assess and, if applicable, carry out pre-screening of applicants
The website is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 01.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of preferantial rights
Assessment of preferantial rights
Applicants who have been made redundant from another government position due to organisational circumstances (redundancy) may have preferential rights to a new position, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 24. To invoke the preferential right, this must be specified in the application. The applicant must upload valid documentation of this when submitting their application.
If such an applicant is deemed qualified, they must be appointed, even if other applicants are better qualified. If there are multiple applicants with preferential rights for the same position, the most qualified candidate must be appointed. Preferential rights do not apply to educational positions or fixed-term positions.
The evaluation committee shall not comment on matters concerning preferential rights.
For more information, see the Procedures for Redundancy and Internal Preferential Rights at UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
Internal Preferential Rights
According to the Civil Servants Act § 19 (2) and § 20 (2), the employer must, as far as possible, offer employees another suitable position within the organisation.
Internal preferential rights apply if:
- The employee's position is abolished, the work ceases, or the employee cannot resume work due to illness or lack of qualifications.
- The new position is deemed suitable for the employee.
- The employee is qualified for the position, meaning they possess the necessary professional and personal attributes.
External Preferential Rights
External preferential rights are stipulated in the Civil Servants Act § 24 (1): "Civil servants who are made redundant due to organisational circumstances have preferential rights to suitable positions within the state." The preferential right applies from the time of redundancy and for up to 2 years after the end of the notice period, giving a maximum duration of 2.5 years for employees with a 6-month notice period.
To qualify for preferential rights, the following conditions must be met:
- The individual must have been employed continuously for at least 12 of the last 24 months.
- The individual must be qualified for the position they are applying for.
- The individual must actively apply for vacant positions to exercise their preferential rights.
Last changed: 21.04.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee’s mandate
The interview committee must assess the best qualified applicants and conclude by ranking the applicants. The ranking forms the basis for the Head of Department’s recommendation. The committee must base the ranking on the applicants’ academic, formal competence, work experience, personal qualities and motivation for the position. This is done based on the application, attachments, professional assessment, trial lecture, interview and gathered references.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview - academic positions
Selection for interview - academic positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Read the assessment report
The Evaluation Committee’s report reflects a rough screening of the candidates. The report will state which candidates are formally qualified for the position and which are not. In addition, it will include a more thorough assessment of the formal competence of each qualified candidate. Therefore, read the report and the committee’s assessments carefully.
Often, the committee will conclude its report with a recommendation, or ranking, stating which candidates are considered academically best qualified and should be interviewed. Use this as a starting point when assessing selection for interviews.
If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
If you choose to interview candidates contrary to the assessment committee’s recommendations, you must refer to the assessments that your decision is based on. This must be written in the interview report.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
Selection for interview technical/administrative positions
How to choose the right candidates to interview? Here is how to ensure a thorough and fair process:
Rough screening of candidates
Start with a review of all applications and CVs received. We recommend a that a rough screening of the candidates is conducted; exclude the candidates who do not meet the ‘must-have requirements’ and who are obviously not qualified for the position.
Consider using a structured scoring system, rating scale, or table to systematically assess candidates based on the requirements outlined in the announcement text. This approach allows for a more objective and transparent assessment, enabling the committee to rank and compare candidates more effectively.
Assess candidates in relation to the qualification requirements stipulated in the announcement text
The announcement text is legally binding, so it is important that you only adhere to the requirements stated in the text. Distinguish between must-have- and desired requirements when making your assessment. Candidates who meet all the ‘must-have requirements’ are considered formally qualified for the position. Candidates who fail to meet all the mandatory ‘must-have requirements’ outlined in the announcement cannot proceed to the next stage of the selection process.
Carefully assess the qualified candidates in relation to the ‘desired requirements’, the wishes in the announcement text and each other. This may include education, previous experience, personal qualities and other qualifications.
Use the application letters to gain a better understanding of the candidates’ motivation, career goals and why they are interested in the position. This can help identify candidates who show particular interest in the organisation and the position.
The most qualified candidates will be invited to participate in an interview. If you are lucky to have many candidates, we recommend that you take the time to interview a good number of them – a minimum of three!
Diversity and inclusion
Take diversity and inclusion into consideration during the selection process. Pay extra attention to candidates who require preferential treatment.
Documentation
Document the entire process, including the criteria used for selection. We must be able to refer to the assessments made and that selection was conducted in a fair manner.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About trial lectures and other work samples
About trial lectures and other work samples
The webpage is under construction. Text is pending.
Last changed: 03.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Management of interviews
Management of interviews
When conducting interviews, you should reserve a meeting room and set aside time in your calendar well in advance. Consider the first impression you want candidates to have of the workplace, and choose a pleasant meeting room where coffee can be made nearby.
The invitation to the candidate should be sent well in advance so that the candidate has time to prepare for the interview and, if necessary, decide whether they want to travel for the interview. Check your unit's internal procedures regarding travel reimbursement.
The invitation should include:
-
Time and duration
-
Location with a detailed description of how to find the meeting room
-
Information about who the candidate will meet during the interview
-
Agenda for the interview
-
Information about what the candidate may need to prepare for the interview
The recruitment service encourages conducting interviews in person whenever possible. In-person interviews make it easier to get a comprehensive impression of the candidate, as you can engage in small talk, observe body language, etc.
With today's digital tools, it has become increasingly common to conduct interviews online. There are many positive aspects to digital interviews—they save time, and you can meet candidates from all over the world. Often, you may not have a choice between conducting interviews in person or online, but if you do, you should weigh the advantages and disadvantages of both options.
In-person interviews can make it easier to establish a good flow in the conversation, while online interviews often make it more natural to get straight to the point. Positive aspects of conducting the interview online include being able to focus more on the candidate's skills, as you are less influenced by external factors such as charisma, presence, etc. Feel free to use the interview guide prepared by the recruitment service to review what you should ask the candidates.
Suggested Invitation:
Dear [Candidate's Name],
It is my pleasure to invite you to an interview regarding your application for the position of [Job Title] in [Unit], UiT The Arctic University of Norway.
We have scheduled your interview for [Date] from [Time] to [Time].
The interview will take place at [Location].
Please let us know if you would prefer to conduct the interview online, and we will send you a Teams link.
During the interview, you will meet [Names of Interviewers].
Important:
I kindly ask that you confirm as soon as possible that you have received this invitation and whether you will attend.
We look forward to a great interview
Last changed: 26.05.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About reference interviews
About reference interviews
Reference interviews are an important part of the selection process and complement the picture you have formed of the candidate. It is important to hear about experiences from former managers and colleagues in order to confirm or refute the impression you have of the candidate.
Use the reference interview to:
- Confirm or refute the impression you are left with based on the selection methods you have used so far.
- Get detailed information about matters discussed during the interview, but which you would like to know more about.
- Uncover any relevant information the candidate has not mentioned.
- Collect information about former employers’ and colleagues’ general impression of candidates’ job performance and work behaviour.
In order to get a picture of the candidate that is as correct as possible, you should contact at least two reference persons for each candidate considered for recommendation. If the two reference persons provide conflicting information, a third reference person should be contacted to clarify and verify the details. Although the candidate should have asked the reference person in advance, this is not always the case. Therefore, check if the reference providers have been asked before contacting them.
In the reference interview itself, it is natural to start with a brief introduction to the position the candidate has applied for. Say that you are interested in their sincere opinions and state that the information discussed in the conversation will be treated confidentially. The Recruitment Service has prepared a template for reference interviews that you can use as a starting point.
Source: Iversen, Ole I. (2020). Recruitment and interviewing technique.
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
About the interview report - Teaching and Researching Positions / Researcher Position
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. The report is, therefore, a crucial document that must effectively summarise the observations and results from the interview process. It is essential to ensure that the content is comprehensive and that the language used in the report is clear, concise, and easy to understand.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat og oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your description's objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship to the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of all interview committee members
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
About the interview report - Postdoctoral Research Fellow and PhD Fellow
An interview report is an internal document that will help the recommending authority and the appointment committee understand the assessments that form the basis for which candidate you wish to employ. It is therefore an important document which must summarise observations and results from the interview process. You must ensure that the content is sufficient and the language of the report is clear and understandable.
The report should preferably be written in Norwegian. Feel free to use the layout below.
You will find an English version of the layout below the Norwegian version.
Innledning
Start rapporten med grunnleggende informasjon som;
- Tittel på stilling
- Søknadsfrist
- Antall søkere
- Intervjukomiteens sammensetning (tittel, navn og arbeidssted)
Krav i utlysningstekst
Angi det som står i utlysningen vedrørende kvalifikasjonskrav og ønskede kvalifikasjoner, motivasjon og personlig egnethet.
Rangeringen til bedømmelsesrapporten:
Gjengi bedømmelseskomiteens rangering.
Sammendrag av intervjuet og eventuelt prøveforelesning
Start sammendraget med å identifisere kandidatene som er innkalt til intervju. Si eventuelt noe om hvilke kvalifiserte kandidater som har angitt og fyller vilkårene til innvandrerbakgrunn/hull i cv/funksjonsnedsettelse, og som har vært til intervju.
Ta for deg én og én kandidat oppsummer hovedpoengene som ble diskutert under intervjuet og identifiser eventuelle mønstre eller trender. Inkluder dine egne observasjoner og inntrykk fra intervjuet, men husk å være objektiv og nøyaktig i beskrivelsene. Omtale, vurdering og konklusjon på hver kandidat må ses i forhold til kravene i utlysningsteksten.
Evt. helseopplysninger og annen sensitiv informasjon som framkommer i prosessen skal ikke informeres om i intervjurapporten. Arbeidsgiver kan ikke spørre om sensitive opplysninger som helsesituasjon i intervjuet. Du kan kun spørre dersom det er relevant for stillingen, og da betinger det at det har vært satt krav vedr. helse i utlysningsteksten.
Referanser
Angi referansenes navn og relasjon til søker. Dersom referanse har bekreftet inntrykket dere har av kandidaten etter intervju så er det nok at dere skriver nettopp det. Hvis referanse har avkreftet inntrykket så bør dere si kort hva det gjelder i rapporten.
Praksis er at det skal innhentes to referanser per søker. Dersom det ikke er funnet aktuelt å innhente to referanser så skal det grunngis.
Intervjukomiteens konklusjon og rangering
Oppsummer de viktigste funnene fra intervjuet og vurder de aktuelle kandidatene mot hverandre. Avslutt rapporten med en konklusjon og rangering.
Det bør framkomme om rangeringen er enstemmig. Dersom rangering er annerledes enn rangering fra bedømmelseskomiteen så skal det grunngis.
Sted, dato
Navn og tittel på alle i intervjukomiteen
ENGLISH VERSION OF THE LAYOUT
Introduction
Start the report with basic information such as;
- Position title
- Application deadline
- Number of applicants
- Composition of the interview committee (title, name and place of work)
Requirements in the announcement text
State what is written in the announcement text regarding qualification requirements and desired qualifications, motivation and personal suitability.
Assessment report ranking:
Specify the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Summary of the interview and any trial lecture
Start the summary by identifying the candidates who were called for an interview. If applicable, mention which qualified candidates have indicated and fulfil the conditions for immigrant background/gaps in CV/disability, and who have been interviewed.
Focus on one candidate at a time and summarise the key points discussed during the interview and identify any patterns or trends. Include your own observations and impressions from the interview, but remember to keep your descriptions objective and accurate. The discussion, assessment and conclusion of each candidate must be seen in relation to the requirements stipulated in the announcement text.
Any health information and other sensitive information that emerges in the process should not be disclosed in the interview report. The employer cannot ask about sensitive information such as a person’s health situation in the interview. You can only ask about this if it is relevant to the position, and it presupposes that health-related requirements have been specified in the announcement text.
Reference providers
Enter the names of the reference providers and their relationship with the applicant. If the reference provider confirms the impression you have of the candidate after an interview, simply write this in the report. If the reference provider refutes/contradicts the impression you have of the candidate, you should briefly state in the report what this involves.
Common practice is to obtain two references per applicant. If obtaining two references is not relevant/applicable, the reasons for this must be explained in the report.
The interview committee’s conclusion and ranking
Summarise the key findings from the interview and assess the relevant candidates in relation to each other. End the report with a conclusion and ranking.
It should be made clear whether the ranking is unanimous or not. Grounds must be given if the ranking is different from the ranking made by the assessment committee.
Place, date
Name and title of everyone on the interview committee
Last changed: 27.08.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - interview
Preferential treatment - interview
You must invite at least one qualified applicant from each group below to an interview who stated in their application that they have a:
- disability
- gap in their CV
- immigrant background
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. See the conditions for being included in the groups in the separate sections below.
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with gaps in their CV
‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See Section 4a of the Norwegian Civil Service Act.
Applicants with an immigrant background
‘Immigrant background’ refers to applicants who have immigrated from
- Europe outside the EU/EFTA
- Asia including Turkey
- Africa
- Latin America
- Oceania except Australia and New Zealand,
or where both parents have immigrated from these countries.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment - nomination
Preferential treatment is a measure intended to promote equality and prevent discrimination.
The right to preferential treatment is an exception to the qualification principle.
Applicants with disabilities
If an applicant with disabilities is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated they have a disability must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Disability’ means a disability that will require adaptation in the workplace or in the employment relationship.
See Section 4 of the Norwegian Civil Service Act
Applicants with gaps in their CV
If an applicant with gaps in their CV is found to be as well qualified as the most qualified applicant, the recommending authority may choose to rank this person as No. 1.
At least one qualified applicant who stated that they have ‘gaps in their CV’ must have been called for an interview.
‘Qualified’ means that the applicant meets the requirements of the position. ‘Gaps in CV’ means that at the time of application, applicants have been out of work, education or training for at least two years in the last five years. The absence must be due to substance abuse, imprisonment or illness, including mental illness, or the applicant must have been actively seeking work during the absence period.
Please note that applicants who are permanently employed or who are temporarily employed for a duration of more than one year are not subject to this provision.
See regulations relating to Section 4a of the Norwegian civil Service Act
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Nomination
Nomination
............sett inn tekst.
Last changed: 05.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Provisions regarding probation period
Provisions regarding probation period
The general rule is that civil servants have a probation period of six months from the time they take up the position.*
- The probation period also applies when transitioning from another civil service position.
- The probation period for a temporary employment cannot exceed half of the duration of the employment period
- A probation period applies to permanent employment if the previous employment period and the probation period in the new position together do not exceed six months.
Exemption from probation period
The appointing authority may determine that a probation period does not apply, normally based on a recommendation from the recommending authority.
Exemptions from the probation periods are granted based on a specific, individual assessment and are, for example, applicable when the work in the new position is essentially similar to the work in the previous position.
The purpose of a probation period / notice period
- The purpose is to give both the employer and the employee an opportunity to assess the working/employment relationship during the probation period.
- The employee must receive the necessary guidance, follow-up and assessment of the work during the probation period.
- During the probation period, a notice period of one month applies.
Last changed: 06.07.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
Assessment of academic qualifications - Employment without Public Announcement
In the same way as for appointments following a job announcement, appointments without an announcement must be based on an expert assessment (followed by an interview and, if applicable, a trial lecture/trial teaching).
It is common practice to recognize Nordic associate professor/professor qualifications as equivalent to Norwegian qualifications.
Composition of the Evalution Committee
The standard rules for the expert committee apply. See Evaluation Commitees - Composition
Exceptions:
- Secondary Employment of Foreign Professors/Associate Professors:If direct appointment or administrative appointment of foreign professors/associate professors for secondary employment at UiT is relevant, and they have not been assessed as competent according to Norwegian standards, it is considered sufficient that:
- Two individuals with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Professor II.
- One individual with associate professor qualifications and one individual with professor qualifications in the relevant field provide an academic assessment of the person to be appointed as Associate Professor II.
- Special Cases:In special cases, exceptions may be made from the requirement for an expert committee for teaching and research positions that are not first-level positions or professor positions, or for secondary employment. In these cases, an assessment of the candidate's qualifications relative to the content of the position must still be conducted.
Legal Basis and Local Regulations:
Universities and University Colleges Act § 7-2, third paragraph
Last changed: 20.11.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- [Skriv tittel her]
[Skriv tittel her]
Last changed: 10.06.2024
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Temporary Positions
A prerequisite for extending a temporary position is that the legal basis is still fulfilled (see temporary employment). There are different procedures and possibilities depending on financing and how the original employment was conducted.
- Internally funded positions without advertisement
- Internally funded advertised positions
- Externally funded positions
Internally funded positions without advertisement
These positions can be extended so that the total employment period becomes up to 12 months. Prolongations beyond this require the position to be advertised. See the personnel regulations at UiT sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.
Internally funded advertised positions
When extending internally funded advertised positions, the temporary employee has the right to continue if the temporary work tasks continue, cf. the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.3.5.
Externally funded positions
Prolongation of externally funded positions is authorized in UiT's personnel regulations section 2.6.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
Prerequisite for Prolongation of PhD Fellowship
As a PhD fellow, the hiring authority may, in special cases, grant a prolongation of the employment period for circumstances that have hindered progress in the PhD education. This may apply:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to work that cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
If career-promoting work is assigned to a 3-year position – or if the scope of career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position, the position may be extended to a maximum of 4 years, cf. the University and College Regulations and UiT's Supplementary Provisions
-
If employed in 50% or more of the position during all or part of the fellowship period.
Prolongation of the employment period presupposes that the fellow will be able to complete the research education within the prolongation period.
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Postdoctoral Position
The term of employment shall be between three and four years, and no one can be employed for more than one term as a postdoctoral fellow at UiT, cf. UHL § 7-6. Postdoctoral positions cannot be extended beyond the maximum term of four years.
Institutions may, in exceptional cases, extend the term of employment:
-
In the event of unforeseen obstacles related to the work, which cannot be attributed to the employee.
-
Up to the maximum time frame if the scope of other career-promoting work has been significantly increased after the start of the position.
See additional information: Regulations - Supplementary Provisions
There is no legal basis for an extension due to a reduced percentage of employment unless the employee is 62 years or older, or has a need for it due to health, social, or other significant welfare reasons, cf. the Working Environment Act. Applications for temporarily reduced working hours must be submitted as a leave application in the Self-service portal (DFØ).
Last changed: 30.01.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Prerequisite for Prolongation of Additional Employment
Addtional employment can be appointed on a term basis for up to 20% of a teaching and research position. The term period should be from two to six years, cf. UHL § 7-7.
Please note that it is not possible to have additional employment in addition to a regular position at UiT
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
Prerequisite for Prolongation Beyond the Normal Retirement Age of 72 Years
According to the Age Limit Act § 3, the hiring authority can decide that an employee may continue beyond the normal retirement age.
- The service can first be extended up to two years, later one year at a time, but not beyond five years in total.
- It is a prerequisite that the employee continues in the same position with the same salary and working conditions.
- The right to a retirement pension is postponed.
The employer does not receive reimbursement for sick pay from NAV in case of sick leave for employees over 72 years. For employees between 67 and 70 years, the employer receives reimbursement for sick leave up to 60 days.
Public sector employers are encouraged to facilitate that older employees over 72 years can continue working. See more about this in the State's Personnel Handbook section 2.7.3.
Last changed: 03.03.2026
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection
Employment protection
Temporary employees achieve Employment protection with continuous employment at UiT over 3 years, cf. the Civil Servants Act § 9, third paragraph. Employment protection means that the employee is entitled to permanent employment.
- Employment relationships are considered continuous if the employee starts a new position within two weeks after the previous position.
- When calculating employment time, all continuous employment time at UiT should be counted, regardless of position type and unit.
- For PhD fellows with mandatory work, one year is included in the calculation of employment time.
- Hourly work of a certain extent will count. This must be assessed in each case, taking into account the extent and continuity.
The rules on employment protection do not apply to term positions.
For further information, see:
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employment protection for Postdoctoral Fellows
Employees who have been in a postdoctoral position for three or more years acquire employment protection during the period. This means that a direct transition into a new position at UiT will result in permanent employment from the first working day.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
Change of Salary for Temporary Employees
There is no opportunity to negotiate salary upon the prolongation of temporary positions. The exception to this is when extending secondary employment. A salary assessment must be conducted within 12 months in accordance with the Main Collective Agreement section 2.5.5.
Last changed: 17.03.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Working from home/Remote work
Working from home/Remote work
If an employee is to perform work from a geographical location other than UiT's campus/regular office locations, a remote work agreement must be made with the employee. The remote work agreement supplements the regular employment contract and is prepared by the unit. Remote work agreements can be made by the university management and the top leader of faculties and departments.
See UiT's Guidelines for Working from Home (only available in Norwegian). You will find a link to the template for the remote work agreement at the bottom of the document.
Regarding Work from Abroad
Please be aware that significant costs and fees may incur if the employee is to work from abroad. Working from abroad also requires special considerations regarding taxes, social security, and insurance.
Contact the Pay and HR Services Section (SELP) if it is considered relevant for the employee to work from abroad. They will provide an overview of costs and information on necessary procedures.
Last changed: 17.01.2025
- uit.no
- Recruitment of employees
- 4. Interview
- Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
Prerequisite for Increasing Employment Percentage
According to the Civil Servants Act § 13, part-time employees have a preferential right to an extended position rather than the employer making a new hire in the organization. The right of first refusal is conditional upon:
- The employee being qualified for the position
- Exercising the right of first refusal does not entail significant inconvenience for the organization
Last changed: 17.03.2025